blob: 456f2edf78dcc6f24ce112f651ece20d47434f4a [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100233 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700317 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100318 */
319enum ieee80211_bss_change {
320 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
321 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
322 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300323 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200324 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200325 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200326 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
328 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300332 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300335 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300337 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200338 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100339 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300340 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100341 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200343 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300344 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700345 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700346 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200347
348 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100349};
350
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300351/*
352 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
353 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
354 * filtering will be disabled.
355 */
356#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
357
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100358/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200359 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
360 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200361 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300362 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300363 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
364 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
365 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700366 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200367enum ieee80211_event_type {
368 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200369 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300370 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300371 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200372};
373
374/**
375 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
376 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
377 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
378 */
379enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700380 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
381 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
382};
383
384/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200385 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200386 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
387 */
388struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
389 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
390};
391
392/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200393 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
394 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200395 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200396 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
397 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200398 */
399enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
400 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200401 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200402 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
403 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404};
405
406/**
407 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
408 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
409 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
410 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
411 */
412enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
413 MLME_SUCCESS,
414 MLME_DENIED,
415 MLME_TIMEOUT,
416};
417
418/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200419 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200420 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
421 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
422 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
423 */
424struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
425 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
426 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
427 u16 reason;
428};
429
430/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300431 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
432 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
433 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300434 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300435 */
436struct ieee80211_ba_event {
437 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
438 u16 tid;
439 u16 ssn;
440};
441
442/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200443 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200444 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200445 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200446 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300447 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300448 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200449 */
450struct ieee80211_event {
451 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
452 union {
453 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200454 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300455 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200456 } u;
457};
458
459/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200460 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
461 *
462 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
463 *
464 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
465 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
466 */
467struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
468 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
469 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
470};
471
472/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800473 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700474 *
475 * @lci: LCI subelement content
476 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
477 * @lci_len: LCI data length
478 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
479 */
480struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
481 const u8 *lci;
482 const u8 *civicloc;
483 size_t lci_len;
484 size_t civicloc_len;
485};
486
487/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100488 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
489 *
490 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
491 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
492 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300493 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
494 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
495 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
496 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
497 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
498 * ACK, BACK or both
499 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
500 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
501 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200502 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
503 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100504 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200505 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
506 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530507 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100508 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
509 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200510 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
511 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100512 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200513 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300514 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200515 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100516 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
517 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
518 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
519 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200520 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200521 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
522 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200523 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100524 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
525 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200526 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
527 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
528 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700529 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800530 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200531 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
532 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
533 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300534 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100535 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200536 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
537 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100538 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
539 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200540 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100541 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300542 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
543 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
544 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200545 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200546 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
547 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
548 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100549 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
550 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
551 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
552 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200553 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300554 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
555 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
556 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
557 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100558 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
559 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
560 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200561 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200562 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
563 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
564 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300565 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
566 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200567 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300568 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
569 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200570 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100571 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
572 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
573 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
574 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
575 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
576 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100577 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200578 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
579 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
580 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300581 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
582 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
583 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
584 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
585 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
586 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
587 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700588 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
589 * responder functionality.
590 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200591 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
592 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
593 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
594 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
595 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
596 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
597 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
598 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100599 */
600struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200601 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300602 u8 bss_color;
603 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
604 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
605 bool uora_exists;
606 bool ack_enabled;
607 u8 uora_ocw_range;
608 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
609 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200610 bool twt_requester;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100611 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200612 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530613 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100614 u16 aid;
615 /* erp related data */
616 bool use_cts_prot;
617 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300618 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200619 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800620 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700621 u16 beacon_int;
622 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200623 u64 sync_tsf;
624 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100625 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100626 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300627 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200628 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200629 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200630 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
631 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100632 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
633 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100634 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200635 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300636 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100637 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200638 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200639 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300640 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300641 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
642 size_t ssid_len;
643 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200644 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100645 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100646 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200647 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300648 u16 max_idle_period;
649 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700650 bool ftm_responder;
651 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200652 /* Multiple BSSID data */
653 bool nontransmitted;
654 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
655 u8 bssid_index;
656 u8 bssid_indicator;
657 bool ema_ap;
658 u8 profile_periodicity;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100659};
660
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800661/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200662 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800663 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700664 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800665 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100666 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200667 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
668 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
669 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
670 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
671 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
672 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
673 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
674 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
675 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
676 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
677 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200678 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200679 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
680 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200681 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
683 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200685 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200686 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
687 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
688 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
689 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
690 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
691 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
692 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
693 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200694 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
695 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
696 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
698 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200699 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
700 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
701 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600702 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
703 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
704 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100705 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
706 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
707 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200708 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
709 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200710 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
711 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100712 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
713 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
714 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
716 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
717 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
718 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100719 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
720 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
721 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100722 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
723 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
724 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200725 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
726 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
727 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400728 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200729 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
730 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100731 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
732 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
733 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
734 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200735 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
736 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
737 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530738 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
739 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
740 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200741 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
742 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
743 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200744 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
745 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530746 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
747 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
748 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
750 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
751 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530752 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
753 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
754 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
755 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
756 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200757 *
758 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
759 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800760 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200761enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200762 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200763 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
764 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
765 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
766 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
770 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
771 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
772 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
773 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
774 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600775 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100776 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200777 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200778 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200780 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100782 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200783 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400784 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100786 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200787 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530788 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200789 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530790 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530792 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200793};
794
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200795#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
796
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200797/**
798 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
799 *
800 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
801 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530802 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
803 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100804 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200806 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200808 *
809 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
810 */
811enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
812 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530813 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100814 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100815 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200816 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200818};
819
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200820/*
821 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
822 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
823 */
824#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
825 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
826 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
827 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
828 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200832
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530833/**
834 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
835 * Rate Control algorithm.
836 *
837 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
838 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
839 *
840 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
841 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
842 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
843 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
844 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100845 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
846 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530847 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
848 * Greenfield mode.
849 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
851 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
852 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530853 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
854 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
855 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
857 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200858enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
859 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
860 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
861 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
862
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100863 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200864 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
865 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
866 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
867 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
868 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800872};
873
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200874
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200875/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
876#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200877
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200878/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
879#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
880
881/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200882#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200883
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200884/* maximum number of rate table entries */
885#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
886
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200887/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200888 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200889 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200890 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
891 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200892 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200893 *
894 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
895 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
896 *
897 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
898 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200899 *
900 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
901 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
902 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
903 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300904 * information::
905 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200906 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300907 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200908 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
909 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
910 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
911 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300912 * information should then contain::
913 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200914 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300915 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200916 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
917 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200918 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200919struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
920 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100921 u16 count:5,
922 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000923} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200924
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100925#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
926
927static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
928 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
929{
930 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200931 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
932 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100933}
934
935static inline u8
936ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
937{
938 return rate->idx & 0xF;
939}
940
941static inline u8
942ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
943{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200944 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100945}
946
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200947/**
948 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200949 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200950 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
951 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
952 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
953 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
954 *
955 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200956 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200957 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100958 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100959 * @control: union part for control data
960 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
961 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
962 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
963 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
964 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
965 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
966 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
967 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
968 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
969 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
970 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
971 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
972 * @pad: padding
973 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
974 * @status: union part for status data
975 * @status.rates: attempted rates
976 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
977 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
978 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
979 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
980 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
981 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
982 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
983 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
984 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700985 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100986 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700987 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100988 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700989 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200990 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200991 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200992struct ieee80211_tx_info {
993 /* common information */
994 u32 flags;
995 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200996
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200997 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100998
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100999 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001000
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001001 union {
1002 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001003 union {
1004 /* rate control */
1005 struct {
1006 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1007 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1008 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001009 u8 use_rts:1;
1010 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001011 u8 short_preamble:1;
1012 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001013 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001014 };
1015 /* only needed before rate control */
1016 unsigned long jiffies;
1017 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001018 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001019 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001020 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001021 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001022 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001023 } control;
1024 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001025 u64 cookie;
1026 } ack;
1027 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001028 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001029 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001030 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001031 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001032 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001033 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301034 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001035 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001036 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001037 struct {
1038 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1039 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001040 u8 pad[4];
1041
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001042 void *rate_driver_data[
1043 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1044 };
1045 void *driver_data[
1046 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001047 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001048};
1049
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001050/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001051 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1052 *
1053 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1054 * @info: Basic tx status information
1055 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1056 */
1057struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1058 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1059 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1060 struct sk_buff *skb;
1061};
1062
1063/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001064 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1065 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001066 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1067 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1068 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001069 *
1070 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1071 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1072 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1073 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1074 */
1075struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001076 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1077 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001078 const u8 *common_ies;
1079 size_t common_ie_len;
1080};
1081
1082
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001083static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1084{
1085 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1086}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001087
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001088static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1089{
1090 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1091}
1092
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001093/**
1094 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1095 *
1096 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1097 *
1098 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1099 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1100 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1101 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1102 *
1103 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1104 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1105 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1106 */
1107static inline void
1108ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1109{
1110 int i;
1111
1112 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1113 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1114 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1115 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1116 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1117 /* clear the rate counts */
1118 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1119 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1120
1121 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001122 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001123 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1124 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1125 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1126}
1127
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001128
1129/**
1130 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1131 *
1132 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1133 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1134 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1135 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001136 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1137 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001138 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001139 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1140 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001141 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1142 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1143 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1144 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001145 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1146 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001147 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1148 * the frame.
1149 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1150 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001151 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001152 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1153 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1154 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001155 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1156 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1157 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001158 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1159 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001160 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1161 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001162 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1163 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1164 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001165 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1166 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1167 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1168 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1169 * on this subframe
1170 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1171 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001172 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1173 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001174 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1175 * processing it in any regular way.
1176 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1177 * them for sniffing purposes.
1178 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1179 * monitor interfaces.
1180 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1181 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001182 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1183 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1184 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1185 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1186 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1187 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1188 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1189 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1190 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001191 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1192 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1193 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001194 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1195 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1196 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001197 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1198 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001199 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1200 * frame
1201 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001202 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1203 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001204 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001205 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1206 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1207 * - DATA3_CODING
1208 * - DATA5_GI
1209 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1210 * - DATA6_NSTS
1211 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001212 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001213 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1214 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1215 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001216 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001217 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1218 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1219 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1220 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001221 */
1222enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001223 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1224 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001225 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001226 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1227 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1228 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1229 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001230 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001231 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1232 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1233 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1234 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1235 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1236 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1237 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1238 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1239 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1240 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1241 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1242 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1243 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1244 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1245 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1246 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001247 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1248 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001249 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1250 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001251 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001252 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001253};
1254
1255/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001256 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001257 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001258 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001259 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1260 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1261 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1262 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001263 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001264 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1265 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001266 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001267 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001268enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1269 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001270 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1271 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1272 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1273 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001275};
1276
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001277#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1278
1279enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1280 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1281 RX_ENC_HT,
1282 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001283 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001284};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001285
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001286/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001287 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1288 *
1289 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1290 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001291 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001292 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001293 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1294 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001295 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1296 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001297 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1298 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001299 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001300 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001301 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1302 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001303 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1304 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1305 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001306 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1307 * values were filled.
1308 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1309 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001310 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001311 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001312 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001313 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001314 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001315 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1316 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001317 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001318 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1319 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1320 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001321 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001322 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1323 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1324 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001325 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001326 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001327struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1328 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001329 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001330 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001331 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001332 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001333 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001334 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001335 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1336 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001337 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001338 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001339 u8 rx_flags;
1340 u8 band;
1341 u8 antenna;
1342 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001343 u8 chains;
1344 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001345 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001346 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001347};
1348
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001349/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001350 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1351 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1352 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1353 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1354 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1355 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1356 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1357 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1358 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1359 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1360 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1361 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1362 * @data field.
1363 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1364 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1365 * length
1366 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1367 *
1368 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1369 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1370 * data.
1371 */
1372struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1373 u32 present;
1374 u8 align;
1375 u8 oui[3];
1376 u8 subns;
1377 u8 pad;
1378 u16 len;
1379 u8 data[];
1380} __packed;
1381
1382/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001383 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1384 *
1385 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1386 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001387 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1388 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1389 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001390 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1391 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1392 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1393 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1394 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1395 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1396 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001397 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1398 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1399 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1400 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1401 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001402 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1403 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001404 */
1405enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001406 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001407 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001408 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001409 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001410};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001411
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001412
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001413/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001414 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1415 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001416 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001417 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001418 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001419 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001420 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001424 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1425 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001426 */
1427enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001428 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001429 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001430 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001431 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001432 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001436};
1437
1438/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001439 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1440 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001441 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1442 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1443 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1444 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1445 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001446 */
1447enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1448 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1449 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1450 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1451 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1452
1453 /* keep last */
1454 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1455};
1456
1457/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001458 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1459 *
1460 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1461 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001462 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1463 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001464 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001465 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1466 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1467 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001468 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1469 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1470 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1471 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001472 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1473 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001474 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001475 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001476 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001477 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001478 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001479 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1480 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001481 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001482 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1483 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001484 *
1485 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1486 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001487 * configured for an HT channel.
1488 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1489 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001490 */
1491struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001492 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001493 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001494
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001495 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001496 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001497
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001498 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1499
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001500 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001501 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001502 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001503};
1504
1505/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001506 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1507 *
1508 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1509 * operation.
1510 *
1511 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1512 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1513 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1514 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001515 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1516 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001517 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1518 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001519 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001520 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001521 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1522 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1523 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001524 */
1525struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1526 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001527 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001528 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001529 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001530 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001531 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001532};
1533
1534/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001535 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1536 *
1537 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1538 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001539 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1540 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1541 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1542 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001543 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1544 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1545 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1546 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001547 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1548 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1549 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001550 */
1551enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1552 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001553 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001554 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001555 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001556};
1557
1558/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001559 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1560 *
1561 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1562 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1563 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001564 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001565 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1566 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001567 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001568 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1569 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001570 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1571 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1572 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001573 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001574 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1575 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1576 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1577 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001578 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1579 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001580 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1581 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1582 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1583 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1584 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001585 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001586 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001587 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001588 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1589 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001590 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001591 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001592 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301593 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1594 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001595 */
1596struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001597 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001598 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001599 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001600 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001601 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001602 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001603
1604 u8 cab_queue;
1605 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1606
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001607 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1608
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001609 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1610
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001611 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001612
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001613#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1614 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1615#endif
1616
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001617 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1618
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301619 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1620
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001621 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001622 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001623};
1624
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001625static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1626{
1627#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001628 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001629#endif
1630 return false;
1631}
1632
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001633/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001634 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1635 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1636 *
1637 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1638 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1639 *
1640 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1641 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1642 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1643 */
1644struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1645
1646/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001647 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1648 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1649 *
1650 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1651 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1652 *
1653 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1654 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1655 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1656 */
1657struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1658
1659/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001660 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1661 *
1662 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1663 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1664 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001665 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1666 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001667 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1668 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001669 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1670 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1671 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001672 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1673 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001674 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001675 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1676 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001677 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001678 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001679 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001680 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1681 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1682 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001683 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1684 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1685 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1686 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1687 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1688 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1689 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001690 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001691 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001692 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001693 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1694 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1695 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001696 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1697 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1698 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001699 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001700 */
1701enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001702 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1703 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1704 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1705 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1706 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1707 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1708 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001711 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001712};
1713
1714/**
1715 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1716 *
1717 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1718 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1719 *
1720 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1721 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001722 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001723 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001724 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1725 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001726 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1727 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1728 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001729 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1730 * data block:
1731 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1732 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1733 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001734 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1735 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001736 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001737struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001738 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001739 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001740 u8 icv_len;
1741 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001742 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001743 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001744 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001745 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001746 u8 key[0];
1747};
1748
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001749#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1750
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001751#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1752#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1753
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001754/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001755 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1756 *
1757 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1758 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1759 * reverse order than in packet)
1760 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1761 * reverse order than in packet)
1762 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1763 * reverse order than in packet)
1764 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1765 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001766 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001767 */
1768struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1769 union {
1770 struct {
1771 u32 iv32;
1772 u16 iv16;
1773 } tkip;
1774 struct {
1775 u8 pn[6];
1776 } ccmp;
1777 struct {
1778 u8 pn[6];
1779 } aes_cmac;
1780 struct {
1781 u8 pn[6];
1782 } aes_gmac;
1783 struct {
1784 u8 pn[6];
1785 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001786 struct {
1787 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1788 u8 seq_len;
1789 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001790 };
1791};
1792
1793/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001794 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1795 *
1796 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1797 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1798 *
1799 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1800 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1801 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1802 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1803 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1804 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1805 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1806 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1807 * key_idx value calculation:
1808 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1809 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1810 */
1811struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1812 u32 cipher;
1813 u16 iftype;
1814 u8 hdr_len;
1815 u8 pn_len;
1816 u8 pn_off;
1817 u8 key_idx_off;
1818 u8 key_idx_mask;
1819 u8 key_idx_shift;
1820 u8 mic_len;
1821};
1822
1823/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001824 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1825 *
1826 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1827 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1828 *
1829 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1830 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1831 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001832enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001833 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001834};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001835
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001836/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001837 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1838 *
1839 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1840 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1841 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1842 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1843 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1844 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1845 */
1846enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1847 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1848 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1849 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1850 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1851 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1852 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1853};
1854
1855/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001856 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1857 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1858 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1859 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1860 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1861 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1862 *
1863 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1864 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1865 */
1866enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1867 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1868 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1869 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1870 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1871};
1872
1873/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001874 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1875 *
1876 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001877 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001878 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1879 */
1880struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1881 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1882 struct {
1883 s8 idx;
1884 u8 count;
1885 u8 count_cts;
1886 u8 count_rts;
1887 u16 flags;
1888 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1889};
1890
1891/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301892 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1893 *
1894 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1895 *
1896 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1897 * to the STA.
1898 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1899 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1900 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1901 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1902 * per peer TPC.
1903 */
1904struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1905 s16 power;
1906 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1907};
1908
1909/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001910 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1911 *
1912 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1913 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1914 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1915 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1916 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001917 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001918 *
1919 * @addr: MAC address
1920 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001921 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001922 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1923 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001924 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001925 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1926 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1927 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001928 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1929 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001930 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001931 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001932 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001933 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1934 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001935 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001936 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001937 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1938 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1939 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1940 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001941 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001942 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001943 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001944 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1945 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301946 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001947 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1948 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1949 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001950 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001951 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001952 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001953 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1954 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001955 */
1956struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001957 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001958 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1959 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001960 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001961 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001962 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1963 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001964 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001965 u8 uapsd_queues;
1966 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001967 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001968 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001969 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001970 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001971 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001972 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301973 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001974 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001975
1976 /**
1977 * @max_amsdu_len:
1978 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1979 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1980 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1981 *
1982 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1983 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1984 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1985 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1986 *
1987 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1988 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1989 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1990 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001991 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001992 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001993 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001994 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301995 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001996
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001997 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001998
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001999 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01002000 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002001};
2002
2003/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002004 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2005 *
2006 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302007 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002008 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002009 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2010 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2011 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002012enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002013 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2014};
2015
2016/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002017 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2018 *
2019 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2020 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2021 */
2022struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2023 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2024};
2025
2026/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002027 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2028 *
2029 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2030 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002031 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2032 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002033 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002034 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002035 *
2036 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2037 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2038 */
2039struct ieee80211_txq {
2040 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2041 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2042 u8 tid;
2043 u8 ac;
2044
2045 /* must be last */
2046 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2047};
2048
2049/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002050 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2051 *
2052 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2053 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2054 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2055 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2056 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2057 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002058 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2059 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2060 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2061 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2062 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2063 * algorithm.
2064 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2065 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2066 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2067 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2068 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2069 * CCK frames.
2070 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002071 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2072 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2073 * the FCS at the end.
2074 *
2075 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2076 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2077 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2078 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2079 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2080 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002081 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002082 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002083 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2084 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2085 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2086 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2087 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002088 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2089 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2090 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2091 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2092 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002093 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2094 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2095 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302096 *
2097 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2098 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002099 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002100 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2101 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2102 *
2103 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2104 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2105 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2106 *
2107 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2108 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002109 *
2110 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2111 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002112 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302113 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2114 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2115 * the stack.
2116 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002117 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002118 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2119 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002120 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002121 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2122 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2123 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002124 *
2125 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2126 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2127 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2128 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2129 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2130 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002131 *
2132 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2133 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2134 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2135 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2136 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2137 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002138 *
2139 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2140 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2141 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002142 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002143 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2144 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2145 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002146 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002147 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2148 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2149 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2150 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002151 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2152 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2153 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2154 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2155 * supported cipher suites.
2156 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002157 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2158 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2159 * for frames.
2160 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002161 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2162 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2163 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2164 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002165 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002166 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2167 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2168 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002169 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2170 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2171 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002172 *
2173 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2174 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002175 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002176 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2177 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2178 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2179 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002180 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2181 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2182 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2183 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002184 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002185 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2186 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2187 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002188 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002189 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002190 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002191 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2192 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2193 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002194 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2195 * within A-MPDU.
2196 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002197 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2198 * for sent beacons.
2199 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002200 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2201 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2202 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2203 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2204 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002205 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2206 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2207 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2208 * timeout.
2209 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002210 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2211 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2212 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002213 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2214 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2215 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2216 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2217 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2218 *
2219 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2220 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2221 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302222 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2223 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2224 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2225 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2226 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002227 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2228 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2229 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2230 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002231 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2232 * TDLS links.
2233 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002234 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2235 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2236 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2237 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2238 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2239 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2240 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002241 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002242 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2243 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002244 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002245 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2246 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2247 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002248 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2249 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2250 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2251 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2252 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2253 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002254 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2255 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2256 * TXQs to start with.
2257 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002258 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2259 * length in tx status information
2260 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002261 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2262 *
2263 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2264 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2265 *
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01002266 * @IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE: Driver and hardware are supporting Extended
2267 * Key ID and can handle two unicast keys per station for Rx and Tx.
2268 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002269 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002270 */
2271enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002272 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2273 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2274 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2275 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2276 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2277 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2278 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2279 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2280 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2281 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2282 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2283 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2284 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2286 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2287 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2288 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2289 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2290 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002301 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002302 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002303 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002304 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002306 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002307 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2308 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302309 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002310 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002311 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002312 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002313 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002314 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002315 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002316 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002317 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002318 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2319 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01002320 IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002321
2322 /* keep last, obviously */
2323 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002324};
2325
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002326/**
2327 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002328 *
2329 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2330 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2331 *
2332 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2333 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2334 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002335 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2336 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002337 *
2338 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2339 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002340 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2341 * along with this structure.
2342 *
2343 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2344 *
2345 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2346 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2347 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002348 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2349 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002350 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002351 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002352 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002353 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002354 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002355 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002356 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002357 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002358 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2359 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2360 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002361 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2362 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2363 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002364 *
2365 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2366 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002367 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2368 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002369 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2370 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002371 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2372 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002373 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002374 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2375 * can handle.
2376 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2377 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002378 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002379 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002380 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2381 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2382 * aggregation.
2383 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2384 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2385 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002386 *
2387 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002388 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2389 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2390 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2391 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2392 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002393 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002394 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2395 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2396 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002397 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2398 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002399 *
2400 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2401 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002402 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002403 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002404 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002405 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2406 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002407 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002408 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002409 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2410 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002411 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002412 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002413 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002414 * device_timestamp.
2415 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2416 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2417 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2418 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2419 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002420 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002421 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002422 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2423 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002424 *
2425 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2426 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2427 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2428 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2429 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2430 * neither enabled.
2431 *
2432 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2433 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2434 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002435 *
2436 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2437 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2438 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002439 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2440 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002441 *
2442 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2443 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2444 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002445 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002446 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002447 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002448 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002449struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002450 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002451 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002452 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002453 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002454 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002455 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002456 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002457 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002458 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002459 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002460 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002461 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002462 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002463 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002464 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002465 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002466 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002467 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2468 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002469 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002470 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002471 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002472 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002473 struct {
2474 int units_pos;
2475 s16 accuracy;
2476 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002477 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002478 u8 uapsd_queues;
2479 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002480 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2481 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002482 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002483 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002484 u8 weight_multiplier;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002485};
2486
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002487static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2488 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2489{
2490 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2491}
2492#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2493
2494static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2495 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2496{
2497 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2498}
2499#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2500
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002501/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002502 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2503 *
2504 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2505 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2506 */
2507struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2508 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2509
2510 /* Keep last */
2511 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2512};
2513
2514/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002515 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2516 *
2517 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2518 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2519 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2520 * @status: channel-switch response status
2521 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2522 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2523 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2524 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2525 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2526 */
2527struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2528 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2529 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2530 u8 action_code;
2531 u32 status;
2532 u32 timestamp;
2533 u16 switch_time;
2534 u16 switch_timeout;
2535 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2536 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2537};
2538
2539/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002540 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2541 *
2542 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2543 *
2544 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2545 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2546 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2547 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2548 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002549 *
2550 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002551 */
2552struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2553
2554/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002555 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2556 *
2557 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2558 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2559 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002560static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2561{
2562 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2563}
2564
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002565/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002566 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002567 *
2568 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2569 * @addr: the address to set
2570 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002571static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002572{
2573 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2574}
2575
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002576static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2577ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002578 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002579{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002580 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002581 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002582 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002583}
2584
2585static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2586ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002587 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002588{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002589 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002590 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002591 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002592}
2593
2594static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2595ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002596 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002597{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002598 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002599 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002600 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002601}
2602
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002603/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002604 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2605 * @hw: the hardware
2606 * @skb: the skb
2607 *
2608 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2609 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2610 */
2611void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2612
2613/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002614 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002615 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002616 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2617 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2618 *
2619 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2620 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002621 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2622 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2623 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002624 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2625 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2626 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002627 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2628 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2629 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2630 *
2631 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2632 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2633 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2634 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2635 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002636 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2637 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2638 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2639 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2640 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002641 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2642 *
2643 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2644 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2645 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2646 * based on the receive flags.
2647 *
2648 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2649 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2650 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2651 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002652 *
2653 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2654 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2655 * handler.
2656 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002657 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002658 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2659 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002660 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002661 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002662 *
2663 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2664 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2665 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002666 *
2667 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2668 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2669 * requirements:
2670 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2671 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2672 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2673 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2674 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2675 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2676 encrypted with the new key and
2677 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2678 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002679 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002680
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002681/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002682 * DOC: Powersave support
2683 *
2684 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2685 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002686 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2687 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2688 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2689 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2690 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2691 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2692 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2693 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002694 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002695 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2696 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2697 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002698 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2699 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002700 *
2701 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2702 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2703 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002704 *
2705 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2706 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2707 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2708 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002709 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2710 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002711 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002712 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002713 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2714 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2715 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2716 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2717 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2718 * periods.
2719 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002720 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002721 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2722 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2723 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2724 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2725 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2726 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2727 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2728 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2729 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2730 *
2731 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002732 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002733 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002734 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2735 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2736 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2737 *
2738 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2739 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002740 */
2741
2742/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002743 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2744 *
2745 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002746 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002747 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2748 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2749 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2750 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2751 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2752 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002753 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2754 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002755 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2756 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2757 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2758 *
2759 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2760 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2761 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2762 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2763 *
2764 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2765 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2766 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2767 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002768 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002769 * - a list of information element IDs
2770 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2771 *
2772 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2773 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2774 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2775 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2776 * vendor information elements.
2777 *
2778 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2779 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2780 *
2781 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2782 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2783 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2784 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2785 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2786 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2787 *
2788 *
2789 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2790 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2791 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2792 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2793 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2794 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2795 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2796 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2797 *
2798 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2799 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2800 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002801 */
2802
2803/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002804 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2805 *
2806 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2807 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2808 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2809 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2810 *
2811 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2812 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2813 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2814 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2815 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2816 * hardware flags.
2817 *
2818 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2819 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2820 * turned off otherwise.
2821 *
2822 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2823 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2824 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2825 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2826 */
2827
2828/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002829 * DOC: Frame filtering
2830 *
2831 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2832 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2833 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2834 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2835 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2836 *
2837 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2838 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2839 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2840 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002841 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2842 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2843 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2844 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2845 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2846 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2847 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002848 *
2849 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2850 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2851 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2852 * or dropped.
2853 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002854 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2855 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2856 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2857 * the flag, but not clear it.
2858 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2859 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2860 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2861 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2862 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2863 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2864 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2865 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002866 */
2867
2868/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002869 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2870 *
2871 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2872 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2873 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2874 *
2875 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2876 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2877 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2878 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2879 * the driver code.
2880 *
2881 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2882 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2883 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2884 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2885 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2886 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2887 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2888 *
2889 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2890 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2891 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2892 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2893 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2894 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2895 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2896 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2897 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2898 * @sta_notify callback.
2899 *
2900 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2901 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2902 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2903 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2904 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2905 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2906 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002907 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002908 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2909 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2910 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2911 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2912 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2913 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2914 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002915 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2916 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2917 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002918 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2919 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2920 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2921 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2922 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2923 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2924 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2925 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2926 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2927 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2928 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2929 *
2930 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2931 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2932 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2933 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2934 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2935 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2936 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2937 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2938 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2939 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002940 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002941 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2942 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2943 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2944 *
2945 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2946 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2947 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2948 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2949 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002950 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002951 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2952 *
2953 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2954 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2955 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2956 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002957 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002958 *
2959 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2960 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2961 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2962 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002963 */
2964
2965/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002966 * DOC: HW queue control
2967 *
2968 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2969 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2970 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2971 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2972 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2973 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2974 *
2975 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2976 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2977 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2978 *
2979 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2980 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2981 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2982 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2983 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2984 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2985 * the hardware queue.
2986 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2987 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2988 *
2989 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2990 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2991 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2992 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2993 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2994 *
2995 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2996 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2997 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2998 * off-channel queue: 9
2999 *
3000 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3001 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3002 *
3003 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3004 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3005 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3006 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3007 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3008 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3009 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3010 *
3011 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3012 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3013 *
3014 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3015 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3016 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3017 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3018 */
3019
3020/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003021 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3022 *
3023 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3024 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3025 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3026 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3027 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003028 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3029 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3030 * multicast address.
3031 *
3032 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3033 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3034 *
3035 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3036 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3037 *
3038 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3039 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3040 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3041 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3042 * honour this flag if possible.
3043 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003044 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3045 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003046 *
3047 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003048 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003049 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003050 *
3051 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003052 */
3053enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003054 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3055 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3056 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3057 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3058 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3059 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003060 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003061 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003062};
3063
3064/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003065 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3066 *
3067 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3068 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003069 *
3070 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3071 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003072 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003073 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3074 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003075 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3076 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3077 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003078 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003079 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3080 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3081 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3082 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3083 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3084 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3085 * session is gone and removes the station.
3086 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3087 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3088 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3089 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003090 */
3091enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3092 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3093 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003094 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003095 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3096 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3097 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003098 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003099};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003100
3101/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003102 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3103 *
3104 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3105 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3106 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3107 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3108 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3109 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3110 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3111 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3112 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3113 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3114 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3115 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3116 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3117 */
3118struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3119 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3120 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3121 u16 tid;
3122 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003123 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003124 bool amsdu;
3125 u16 timeout;
3126};
3127
3128/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003129 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3130 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003131 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3132 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003133 */
3134enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3135 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003136 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003137};
3138
3139/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003140 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3141 *
3142 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003143 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3144 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3145 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003146 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003147 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3148 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3149 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003150 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3151 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003152 */
3153enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3154 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3155 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003156 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003157 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003158};
3159
3160/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003161 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3162 *
3163 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3164 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3165 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3166 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3167 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3168 *
3169 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3170 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3171 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3172 */
3173enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3174 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3175 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3176};
3177
3178/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003179 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3180 *
3181 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3182 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3183 *
3184 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3185 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3186 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3187 * of wowlan configuration)
3188 */
3189enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3190 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3191 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3192};
3193
3194/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003195 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3196 *
3197 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3198 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3199 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3200 *
3201 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3202 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3203 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003204 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003205 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003206 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003207 *
3208 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3209 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3210 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3211 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3212 * or zero.
3213 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3214 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3215 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003216 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003217 *
3218 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3219 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3220 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3221 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003222 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3223 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003224 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003225 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003226 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3227 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3228 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3229 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3230 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003231 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3232 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3233 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3234 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003235 *
3236 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3237 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3238 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3239 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3240 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3241 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003242 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3243 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3244 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3245 * in suspend().
3246 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003247 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003248 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003249 * and @stop must be implemented.
3250 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3251 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3252 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3253 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3254 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003255 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003256 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003257 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3258 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3259 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3260 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3261 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3262 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003263 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3264 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3265 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3266 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3267 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3268 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3269 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003270 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003271 *
3272 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3273 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003274 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003275 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003276 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003277 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3278 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3279 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3280 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3281 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003282 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3283 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003284 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003285 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3286 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3287 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3288 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003289 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3290 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003291 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003292 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003293 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3294 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3295 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3296 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3297 * which flags are changed.
3298 * This callback can sleep.
3299 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003300 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003301 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003302 *
3303 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003304 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3305 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003306 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003307 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003308 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003309 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003310 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3311 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3312 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003313 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003314 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003315 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3316 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3317 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3318 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3319 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3320 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003321 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3322 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3323 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3324 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003325 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003326 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003327 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3328 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a542009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003329 * that power save is disabled.
3330 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3331 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3332 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3333 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3334 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3335 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3336 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003337 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3338 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3339 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3340 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3341 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003342 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003343 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003344 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3345 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3346 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3347 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3348 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3349 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3350 * The callback can sleep.
3351 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003352 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3353 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3354 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3355 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3356 *
3357 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003358 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003359 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003360 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3361 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003362 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3363 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3364 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003365 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003366 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3367 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3368 * this notification.
3369 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003370 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003371 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3372 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003373 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003374 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003375 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3376 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3377 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003378 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003379 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003380 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003381 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3382 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3383 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003384 * The callback can sleep.
3385 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003386 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003387 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003388 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003389 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3390 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3391 *
3392 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003393 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3394 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3395 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3396 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3397 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003398 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303399 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3400 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003401 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3402 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303403 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003404 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003405 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3406 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3407 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003408 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003409 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3410 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3411 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3412 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003413 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3414 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3415 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3416 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3417 * The callback can sleep.
3418 *
3419 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3420 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3421 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3422 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3423 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003424 * The callback can sleep.
3425 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003426 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3427 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3428 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3429 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3430 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3431 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3432 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003433 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3434 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3435 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003436 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003437 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3438 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3439 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3440 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3441 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3442 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3443 * The callback can sleep.
3444 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003445 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003446 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003447 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003448 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003449 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003450 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003451 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003452 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003453 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003454 *
3455 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003456 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003457 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003458 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003459 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003460 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3461 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3462 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3463 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3464 * The callback can sleep.
3465 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003466 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3467 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3468 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3469 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003470 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003471 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003472 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3473 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3474 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003475 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003476 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003477 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003478 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3479 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003480 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3481 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3482 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003483 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003484 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003485 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3486 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003487 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3488 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3489 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003490 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003491 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3492 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003493 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003494 *
3495 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003496 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3497 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3498 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3499 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003500 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003501 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003502 *
3503 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3504 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3505 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3506 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003507 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003508 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3509 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3510 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3511 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3512 *
3513 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003514 *
3515 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3516 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3517 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3518 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3519 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3520 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003521 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003522 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3523 * must be accepted in this case.
3524 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003525 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3526 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003527 *
3528 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3529 *
3530 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303531 *
3532 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3533 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303534 *
3535 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3536 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3537 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003538 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3539 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003540 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003541 *
3542 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3543 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3544 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3545 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003546 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003547 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3548 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3549 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3550 * more-data bit must always be set.
3551 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3552 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003553 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3554 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3555 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3556 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3557 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3558 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003559 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3560 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3561 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003562 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3563 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003564 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003565 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003566 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003567 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3568 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3569 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003570 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003571 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3572 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3573 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3574 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003575 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003576 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003577 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3578 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3579 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003580 *
3581 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3582 *
3583 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3584 *
3585 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3586 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3587 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003588 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3589 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3590 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3591 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3592 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3593 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3594 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3595 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3596 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003597 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3598 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3599 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003600 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3601 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003602 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3603 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003604 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003605 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003606 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3607 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3608 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3609 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3610 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3611 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3612 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3613 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3614 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003615 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303616 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003617 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303618 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003619 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3620 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3621 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303622 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003623 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3624 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303625 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003626 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3627 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303628 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003629 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3630 * another, as specified in the list of
3631 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3632 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303633 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003634 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003635 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3636 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3637 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3638 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3639 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3640 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3641 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003642 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003643 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3644 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3645 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3646 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3647 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003648 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003649 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3650 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3651 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003652 *
3653 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3654 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3655 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003656 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003657 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3658 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003659 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003660 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003661 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3662 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003663 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3664 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003665 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003666 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003667 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3668 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3669 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003670 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3671 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3672 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003673 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3674 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3675 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003676 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3677 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3678 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3679 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003680 *
3681 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3682 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3683 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003684 *
3685 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3686 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003687 *
3688 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3689 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3690 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3691 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3692 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3693 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3694 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3695 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3696 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003697 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3698 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3699 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3700 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3701 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3702 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3703 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003704 *
3705 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003706 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3707 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3708 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3709 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003710 *
3711 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3712 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003713 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3714 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3715 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3716 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3717 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3718 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003719 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3720 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3721 * this call.
3722 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3723 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3724 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003725 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3726 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3727 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3728 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003729 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3730 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003731 *
3732 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3733 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003734 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003735struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003736 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3737 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3738 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003739 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003740 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003741#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3742 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3743 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003744 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003745#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003746 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003747 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003748 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3749 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003750 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003751 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003752 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003753 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003754 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3755 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3756 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3757 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003758
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003759 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3760 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3761
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003762 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003763 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003764 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3765 unsigned int changed_flags,
3766 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003767 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003768 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3769 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3770 unsigned int filter_flags,
3771 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003772 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3773 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003774 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003775 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003776 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003777 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003778 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3779 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3780 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3781 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003782 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3783 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3784 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003785 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003787 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003788 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003789 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3790 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003791 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3792 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3793 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003794 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003795 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003796 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003797 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3798 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3799 const u8 *mac_addr);
3800 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3801 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003802 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3803 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003804 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3805 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3806 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003807 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003808 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003809 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3810 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3811 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3812 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303813#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3814 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3815 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3816 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3817 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303818#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003819 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003820 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303821 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3822 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3823 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003824 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3825 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3826 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3827 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003828 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3829 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3830 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003831 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3832 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3833 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3834 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003835 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3836 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3837 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003838 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3839 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3840 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3841 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003842 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003843 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003844 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003845 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3846 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3847 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003848 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3849 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003850 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003851 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003852
3853 /**
3854 * @ampdu_action:
3855 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3856 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3857 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3858 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3859 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3860 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3861 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3862 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3863 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3864 *
3865 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3866 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3867 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3868 *
3869 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3870 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3871 *
3872 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3873 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3874 * - ``TX: 81``
3875 *
3876 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3877 *
3878 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3879 * The callback can sleep.
3880 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003881 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003882 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003883 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003884 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3885 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003886 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003887 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003888#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003889 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3890 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003891 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3892 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3893 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003894#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003895 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3896 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003897 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003898 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003899 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003900 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3901 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003902
3903 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003904 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003905 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003906 int duration,
3907 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003908 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003909 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3910 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3911 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303912 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303913 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3914 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003915 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3916 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3917 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003918
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003919 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3920 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3921 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3922 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3923 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003924 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3925 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3926 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3927 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3928 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003929
3930 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3931 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3932 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3933 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3934 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3935 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3936 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3937 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003938
3939 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003940 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3941 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003942
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003943 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3944 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3945
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003946 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3948 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3949 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3950 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3951 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3952 u32 changed);
3953 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3955 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3956 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3957 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3958 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003959 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3960 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3961 int n_vifs,
3962 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003963
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003964 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3965 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003966
3967#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3968 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3969 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3970 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3971#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003972 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3973 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3974 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003975 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003978
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003979 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3980 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003981 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3982 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003983 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3984 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3985 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003986
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003987 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3988 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003989 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3990 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003991 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3992 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003993
3994 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3995 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3996 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3997 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003998 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003999 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4000 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4001 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004002 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4003 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4004 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004005
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004006 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4007 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004008 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004009
4010 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4011 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4012 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4013 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4014 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004015 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4016 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4017 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004018 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4019 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4020 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4021 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4022 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4023 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004024 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4025 struct sk_buff *head,
4026 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004027 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4028 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4029 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004030 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4031 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4032 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4033 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004034};
4035
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004036/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004037 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4038 *
4039 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4040 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4041 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4042 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4043 * @priv_data_len.
4044 *
4045 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4046 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4047 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4048 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4049 *
4050 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4051 */
4052struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4053 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4054 const char *requested_name);
4055
4056/**
4057 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004058 *
4059 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4060 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4061 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4062 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4063 * @priv_data_len.
4064 *
4065 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4066 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004067 *
4068 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004069 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004070static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004071struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004072 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4073{
4074 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4075}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004076
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004077/**
4078 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4079 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004080 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4081 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4082 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004083 *
4084 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004085 *
4086 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004087 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004088int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4089
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004090/**
4091 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4092 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4093 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4094 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4095 */
4096struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4097 int throughput;
4098 int blink_time;
4099};
4100
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004101/**
4102 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4103 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4104 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4105 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4106 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4107 */
4108enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4109 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4110 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4111 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4112};
4113
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004114#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004115const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4116const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4117const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4118const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4119const char *
4120__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4121 unsigned int flags,
4122 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4123 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004124#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004125/**
4126 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4127 *
4128 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4129 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4130 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4131 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4132 *
4133 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004134 *
4135 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004136 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004137static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004138{
4139#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4140 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4141#else
4142 return NULL;
4143#endif
4144}
4145
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004146/**
4147 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4148 *
4149 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4150 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4151 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4152 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4153 *
4154 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004155 *
4156 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004157 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004158static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004159{
4160#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4161 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4162#else
4163 return NULL;
4164#endif
4165}
4166
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004167/**
4168 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4169 *
4170 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4171 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4172 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4173 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4174 *
4175 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004176 *
4177 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004178 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004179static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004180{
4181#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4182 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4183#else
4184 return NULL;
4185#endif
4186}
4187
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004188/**
4189 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4190 *
4191 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4192 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4193 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4194 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4195 *
4196 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004197 *
4198 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004199 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004200static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004201{
4202#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4203 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4204#else
4205 return NULL;
4206#endif
4207}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004208
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004209/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004210 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4211 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004212 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004213 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4214 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4215 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004216 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4217 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4218 *
4219 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004220 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004221static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004222ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004223 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4224 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4225{
4226#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004227 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004228 blink_table_len);
4229#else
4230 return NULL;
4231#endif
4232}
4233
4234/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004235 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4236 *
4237 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4238 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4239 *
4240 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4241 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004242void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4243
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004244/**
4245 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4246 *
4247 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4248 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004249 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004250 *
4251 * @hw: the hardware to free
4252 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004253void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4254
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004255/**
4256 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4257 *
4258 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4259 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4260 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4261 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4262 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4263 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4264 *
4265 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4266 */
4267void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4268
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004269/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004270 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004271 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004272 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4273 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4274 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4275 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4276 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4277 *
4278 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4279 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4280 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4281 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4282 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4283 *
4284 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4285 *
4286 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004287 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004288 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4289 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004290 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004291void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4292 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004293
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004294/**
4295 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4296 *
4297 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004298 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4299 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4300 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4301 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004302 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004303 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004304 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4305 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004306 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4307 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004308 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004309 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004310 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004311 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4312 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004313 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004314static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4315{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004316 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004317}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004318
4319/**
4320 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4321 *
4322 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004323 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4324 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004325 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004326 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4327 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004328 *
4329 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4330 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004331 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004332void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004333
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004334/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004335 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4336 *
4337 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4338 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4339 *
4340 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004341 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4342 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004343 *
4344 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4345 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4346 */
4347static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4348 struct sk_buff *skb)
4349{
4350 local_bh_disable();
4351 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4352 local_bh_enable();
4353}
4354
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004355/**
4356 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4357 *
4358 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4359 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4360 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4361 *
4362 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4363 *
4364 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4365 * each other.
4366 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004367 * @sta: currently connected sta
4368 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004369 *
4370 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004371 */
4372int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4373
4374/**
4375 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4376 * (in process context)
4377 *
4378 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4379 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4380 * applies.
4381 *
4382 * @sta: currently connected sta
4383 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004384 *
4385 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004386 */
4387static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4388 bool start)
4389{
4390 int ret;
4391
4392 local_bh_disable();
4393 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4394 local_bh_enable();
4395
4396 return ret;
4397}
4398
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004399/**
4400 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4401 * @sta: currently connected station
4402 *
4403 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4404 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4405 * connected station was received.
4406 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4407 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4408 * be serialized.
4409 */
4410void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4411
4412/**
4413 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4414 * @sta: currently connected station
4415 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4416 *
4417 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4418 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4419 * from a connected station was received.
4420 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4421 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4422 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004423 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4424 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4425 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4426 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004427 */
4428void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4429
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004430/*
4431 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4432 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4433 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004434#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004435
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004436/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004437 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004438 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004439 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4440 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004441 *
4442 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004443 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4444 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004445 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004446 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4447 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4448 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4449 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4450 *
4451 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4452 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4453 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4454 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4455 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4456 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4457 *
4458 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4459 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4460 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4461 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4462 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004463 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004464void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4465 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004466
4467/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004468 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4469 *
4470 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4471 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4472 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4473 *
4474 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4475 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4476 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4477 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4478 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4479 */
4480void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4481 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4482 struct sk_buff *skb,
4483 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4484 int max_rates);
4485
4486/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004487 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4488 *
4489 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4490 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4491 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4492 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4493 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4494 * slow stations to starve).
4495 *
4496 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4497 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4498 */
4499void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4500 u32 thr);
4501
4502/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304503 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4504 *
4505 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4506 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4507 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4508 *
4509 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4510 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4511 * @info: tx status information
4512 */
4513void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4514 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4515 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4516
4517/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004518 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4519 *
4520 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4521 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4522 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4523 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004524 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4525 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004526 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004527 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4528 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004529 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004530 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4531 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004532 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004533void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004534 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004535
4536/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004537 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4538 *
4539 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4540 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4541 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4542 *
4543 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4544 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4545 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4546 *
4547 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4548 * @status: tx status information
4549 */
4550void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4551 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4552
4553/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004554 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4555 *
4556 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4557 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4558 * specific skbs.
4559 *
4560 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4561 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4562 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4563 *
4564 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4565 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4566 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4567 * @info: tx status information
4568 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004569static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4570 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4571 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4572{
4573 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4574 .sta = sta,
4575 .info = info,
4576 };
4577
4578 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4579}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004580
4581/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004582 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4583 *
4584 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4585 *
4586 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4587 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4588 * for a single hardware.
4589 *
4590 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4591 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4592 */
4593static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4594 struct sk_buff *skb)
4595{
4596 local_bh_disable();
4597 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4598 local_bh_enable();
4599}
4600
4601/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004602 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004603 *
4604 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4605 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4606 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004607 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4608 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004609 *
4610 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4611 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004612 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004613void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004614 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004615
4616/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004617 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4618 *
4619 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4620 * connected STA.
4621 *
4622 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4623 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4624 */
4625void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4626
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004627#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4628
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004629/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004630 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4631 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4632 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004633 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4634 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4635 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004636 */
4637struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4638 u16 tim_offset;
4639 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004640
4641 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004642};
4643
4644/**
4645 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4646 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4647 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4648 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4649 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4650 *
4651 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4652 * obtain the beacon template.
4653 *
4654 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4655 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004656 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4657 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004658 *
4659 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4660 *
4661 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4662 */
4663struct sk_buff *
4664ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4665 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4666 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4667
4668/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004669 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4670 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004671 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004672 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4673 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4674 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4675 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4676 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4677 *
4678 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004679 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004680 *
4681 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4682 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004683 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4684 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004685 *
4686 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004687 *
4688 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004689 */
4690struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4691 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4692 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4693
4694/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004695 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4696 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004697 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004698 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004699 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004700 *
4701 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004702 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004703static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4704 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4705{
4706 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4707}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004708
4709/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004710 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4711 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4712 *
4713 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4714 * This function is called implicitly when
4715 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4716 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4717 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4718 *
4719 * Return: new csa counter value
4720 */
4721u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4722
4723/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004724 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4725 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4726 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4727 *
4728 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4729 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4730 *
4731 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4732 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4733 */
4734void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4735
4736/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004737 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4738 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4739 *
4740 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004741 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004742 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4743 */
4744void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4745
4746/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004747 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004748 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4749 *
4750 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4751 */
4752bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4753
4754
4755/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004756 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4757 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4758 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4759 *
4760 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4761 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4762 *
4763 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004764 *
4765 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004766 */
4767struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4768 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4769
4770/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004771 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4772 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4773 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4774 *
4775 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4776 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4777 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4778 *
4779 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4780 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004781 *
4782 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004783 */
4784struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4785 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4786
4787/**
4788 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4789 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4790 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004791 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4792 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004793 *
4794 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4795 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4796 * BSSID and address is used.
4797 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004798 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4799 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4800 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004801 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4802 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004803 *
4804 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004805 */
4806struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004807 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4808 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004809
4810/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004811 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4812 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004813 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004814 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4815 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004816 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004817 *
4818 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4819 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004820 *
4821 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004822 */
4823struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004824 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004825 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004826 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004827
4828/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004829 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4830 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004831 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004832 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4833 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004834 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004835 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4836 *
4837 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4838 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4839 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4840 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4841 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004842void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004843 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004844 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004845 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4846
4847/**
4848 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4849 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004850 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004851 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004852 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004853 *
4854 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4855 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4856 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004857 *
4858 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004859 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004860__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4861 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004862 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004863
4864/**
4865 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4866 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004867 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004868 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4869 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004870 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004871 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4872 *
4873 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4874 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4875 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4876 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4877 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004878void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4879 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004880 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004881 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004882 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4883
4884/**
4885 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4886 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004887 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004888 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004889 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004890 *
4891 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4892 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4893 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004894 *
4895 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004896 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004897__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4898 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004899 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004900 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004901
4902/**
4903 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4904 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004905 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004906 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004907 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004908 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004909 *
4910 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4911 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004912 *
4913 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004914 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004915__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4916 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004917 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004918 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004919 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004920
4921/**
4922 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4923 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004924 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004925 *
4926 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4927 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4928 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4929 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004930 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4931 *
4932 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4933 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004934 *
4935 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4936 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4937 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4938 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4939 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4940 * use common code for all beacons.
4941 */
4942struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004943ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004944
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004945/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004946 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4947 *
4948 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4949 *
4950 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4951 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4952 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4953 */
4954void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4955 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4956
4957/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004958 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004959 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004960 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4961 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004962 *
4963 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004964 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4965 * with this P1K
4966 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004967 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004968static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4969 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4970{
4971 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4972 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4973 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4974
4975 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4976}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004977
4978/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004979 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4980 *
4981 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4982 * and transmitter address.
4983 *
4984 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4985 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4986 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4987 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4988 */
4989void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4990 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4991
4992/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004993 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4994 *
4995 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4996 * in the packet.
4997 *
4998 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4999 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5000 * encrypted with this key
5001 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5002 */
5003void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5004 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005005
5006/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005007 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5008 *
5009 * @pos: start of crypto header
5010 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5011 * @pn: PN to add
5012 *
5013 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5014 * the packet payload)
5015 *
5016 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5017 * point to the crypto header)
5018 */
5019u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5020
5021/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005022 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5023 *
5024 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005025 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005026 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5027 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5028 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5029 *
5030 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5031 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5032 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5033 *
5034 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5035 * can be done concurrently.
5036 */
5037void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5038 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5039
5040/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005041 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5042 *
5043 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005044 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005045 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5046 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5047 * @seq: new sequence data
5048 *
5049 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5050 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5051 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5052 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5053 *
5054 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5055 * can be done concurrently.
5056 */
5057void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5058 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5059
5060/**
5061 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5062 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5063 *
5064 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5065 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5066 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5067 *
5068 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5069 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5070 */
5071void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5072
5073/**
5074 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5075 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5076 * @keyconf: new key data
5077 *
5078 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5079 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5080 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5081 *
5082 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5083 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5084 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5085 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5086 *
5087 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5088 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5089 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5090 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5091 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5092 * of the reconfiguration.
5093 *
5094 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5095 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5096 *
5097 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5098 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5099 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5100 * the key that's being replaced.
5101 */
5102struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5103ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5104 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5105
5106/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005107 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5108 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5109 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5110 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5111 * @gfp: allocation flags
5112 */
5113void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5114 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5115
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005116/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005117 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5118 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5119 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5120 *
5121 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5122 */
5123void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5124
5125/**
5126 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5127 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5128 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5129 *
5130 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5131 */
5132void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5133
5134/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005135 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5136 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5137 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5138 *
5139 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005140 *
5141 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005142 */
5143
5144int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5145
5146/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005147 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5148 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5149 *
5150 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5151 */
5152void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5153
5154/**
5155 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5156 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5157 *
5158 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5159 */
5160void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5161
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005162/**
5163 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5164 *
5165 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5166 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005167 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5168 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005169 *
5170 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005171 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005172 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005173void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5174 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005175
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005176/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005177 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5178 *
5179 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5180 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5181 *
5182 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5183 */
5184void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5185
5186/**
5187 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5188 *
5189 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5190 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5191 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5192 * while associating, for instance.
5193 *
5194 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5195 */
5196void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5197
5198/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005199 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5200 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5201 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5202 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5203 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5204 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5205 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5206 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005207 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005208 */
5209enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5210 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5211 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005212 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005213};
5214
5215/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005216 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5217 *
5218 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5219 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5220 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5221 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5222 *
5223 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5224 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5225 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5226 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5227 */
5228void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5229 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5230 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5231 void *data);
5232
5233/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005234 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005235 *
5236 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5237 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005238 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5239 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5240 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005241 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005242 *
5243 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005244 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005245 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005246 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5247 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005248static inline void
5249ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5250 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5251 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5252 void *data)
5253{
5254 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5255 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5256 iterator, data);
5257}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005258
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005259/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005260 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5261 *
5262 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5263 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5264 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5265 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005266 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005267 *
5268 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005269 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005270 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5271 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5272 */
5273void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005274 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005275 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5276 u8 *mac,
5277 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5278 void *data);
5279
5280/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005281 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5282 *
5283 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5284 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5285 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5286 *
5287 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5288 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5289 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5290 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5291 */
5292void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5293 u32 iter_flags,
5294 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5295 u8 *mac,
5296 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5297 void *data);
5298
5299/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005300 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5301 *
5302 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5303 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5304 * function for them.
5305 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5306 *
5307 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5308 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5309 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5310 */
5311void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5312 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5313 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5314 void *data);
5315/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005316 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5317 *
5318 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5319 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5320 *
5321 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5322 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5323 */
5324void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5325
5326/**
5327 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5328 *
5329 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5330 * workqueue.
5331 *
5332 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5333 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5334 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5335 */
5336void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5337 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5338 unsigned long delay);
5339
5340/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005341 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005342 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005343 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305344 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005345 *
5346 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005347 *
5348 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5349 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5350 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5351 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305352int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5353 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005354
5355/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005356 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005357 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005358 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5359 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5360 *
5361 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005362 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5363 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005364 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005365void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005366 u16 tid);
5367
5368/**
5369 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005370 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005371 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005372 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005373 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005374 *
5375 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5376 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5377 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5378 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005379int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005380
5381/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005382 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005383 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005384 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5385 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5386 *
5387 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005388 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5389 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005390 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005391void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005392 u16 tid);
5393
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005394/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005395 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5396 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005397 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005398 * @addr: station's address
5399 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005400 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5401 *
5402 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005403 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5404 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005405struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005406 const u8 *addr);
5407
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005408/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005409 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005410 *
5411 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005412 * @addr: remote station's address
5413 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005414 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005415 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5416 *
5417 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005418 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5419 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005420 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5421 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5422 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5423 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5424 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5425 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5426 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005427 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005428 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005429 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005430struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5431 const u8 *addr,
5432 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005433
5434/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005435 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5436 * @hw: the hardware
5437 * @pubsta: the station
5438 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5439 *
5440 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5441 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5442 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5443 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5444 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5445 *
5446 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5447 * manner.
5448 *
5449 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5450 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5451 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5452 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5453 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5454 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5455 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5456 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5457 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5458 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5459 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5460 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5461 * woke up while blocked or not.
5462 */
5463void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5464 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5465
5466/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005467 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5468 * @pubsta: the station
5469 *
5470 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5471 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5472 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5473 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5474 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005475 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5476 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5477 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5478 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5479 *
5480 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5481 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5482 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5483 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005484 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005485void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005486
5487/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005488 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5489 * @pubsta: the station
5490 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5491 *
5492 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5493 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5494 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5495 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5496 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5497 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5498 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5499 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5500 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5501 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5502 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5503 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5504 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5505 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5506 */
5507void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5508
5509/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005510 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5511 *
5512 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5513 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5514 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5515 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5516 *
5517 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5518 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5519 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5520 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5521 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5522 * attempts.
5523 *
5524 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5525 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5526 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5527 * them to 0.
5528 *
5529 * @pubsta: the station
5530 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5531 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5532 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5533 */
5534void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5535 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5536
5537/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005538 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5539 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5540 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5541 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5542 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5543 *
5544 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5545 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5546 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5547 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5548 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5549 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005550 *
5551 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5552 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5553 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005554 */
5555void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5556 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5557 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5558 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5559 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5560 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5561 void *data),
5562 void *iter_data);
5563
5564/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005565 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5566 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5567 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5568 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5569 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5570 *
5571 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5572 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5573 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5574 * in removal process will be skipped.
5575 *
5576 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5577 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5578 */
5579void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5580 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5581 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5582 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5583 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5584 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5585 void *data),
5586 void *iter_data);
5587
5588/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005589 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5590 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5591 * @iter: iterator function
5592 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5593 *
5594 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5595 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5596 * places while calling into the driver.
5597 *
5598 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5599 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5600 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005601 *
5602 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5603 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5604 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5605 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005606 */
5607void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5608 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5609 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5610 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5611 void *data),
5612 void *iter_data);
5613
5614/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005615 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5616 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5617 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5618 *
5619 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5620 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5621 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5622 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5623 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005624 * %NULL.
5625 *
5626 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005627 */
5628struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5629 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5630
5631/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005632 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5633 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005634 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005635 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005636 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005637 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005638 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5639 */
5640void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005641
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005642/**
5643 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5644 *
5645 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5646 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005647 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005648 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5649 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005650 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5651 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005652 *
5653 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5654 * without connection recovery attempts.
5655 */
5656void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5657
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005658/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005659 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5660 *
5661 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5662 *
5663 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5664 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5665 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5666 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5667 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5668 *
5669 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5670 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5671 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5672 * disconnect normally later.
5673 *
5674 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5675 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5676 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5677 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5678 */
5679void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5680
5681/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005682 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5683 * rssi threshold triggered
5684 *
5685 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5686 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005687 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005688 * @gfp: context flags
5689 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005690 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005691 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5692 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5693 */
5694void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5695 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005696 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005697 gfp_t gfp);
5698
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005699/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005700 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5701 *
5702 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5703 * @gfp: context flags
5704 */
5705void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5706
5707/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005708 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5709 *
5710 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5711 */
5712void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5713
5714/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005715 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5716 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5717 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5718 *
5719 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5720 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5721 */
5722void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5723
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005724/**
5725 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5726 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005727 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005728 *
5729 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5730 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5731 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5732 */
5733void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5734 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5735
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005736/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005737 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5738 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5739 */
5740void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5741
5742/**
5743 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5744 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5745 */
5746void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5747
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005748/**
5749 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5750 *
5751 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5752 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5753 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5754 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5755 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5756 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5757 *
5758 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5759 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5760 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5761 */
5762void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5763 const u8 *addr);
5764
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005765/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005766 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5767 * @pubsta: station struct
5768 * @tid: the session's TID
5769 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5770 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5771 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5772 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5773 *
5774 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5775 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5776 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5777 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5778 */
5779void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5780 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5781 u16 received_mpdus);
5782
5783/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005784 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5785 *
5786 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5787 * buffer.
5788 *
5789 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5790 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5791 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5792 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5793 */
5794void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5795
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005796/**
5797 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5798 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5799 * @addr: station mac address
5800 * @tid: the rx tid
5801 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005802void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005803 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005804
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005805/**
5806 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5807 *
5808 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5809 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5810 * reordering.
5811 *
5812 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5813 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5814 *
5815 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5816 * @addr: station mac address
5817 * @tid: the rx tid
5818 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005819static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5820 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5821{
5822 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5823 return;
5824 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5825}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005826
5827/**
5828 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5829 *
5830 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5831 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5832 * reordering.
5833 *
5834 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5835 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5836 *
5837 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5838 * @addr: station mac address
5839 * @tid: the rx tid
5840 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005841static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5842 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5843{
5844 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5845 return;
5846 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5847}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005848
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005849/**
5850 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5851 *
5852 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5853 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5854 *
5855 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5856 *
5857 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5858 * @addr: station mac address
5859 * @tid: the rx tid
5860 */
5861void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5862 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5863
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005864/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005865
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005866/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005867 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005868 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005869 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5870 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5871 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005872 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5873 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005874 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5875 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5876 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5877 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5878 * RTS threshold
5879 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5880 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005881 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005882 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005883 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005884 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005885struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5886 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5887 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5888 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5889 struct sk_buff *skb;
5890 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5891 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005892 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005893 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005894 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005895};
5896
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005897/**
5898 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5899 */
5900enum rate_control_capabilities {
5901 /**
5902 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5903 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5904 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5905 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5906 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5907 */
5908 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5909};
5910
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005911struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005912 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005913 const char *name;
5914 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005915 void (*free)(void *priv);
5916
5917 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5918 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005919 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005920 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305921 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005922 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005923 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5924 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005925 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5926 void *priv_sta);
5927
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005928 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5929 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5930 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005931 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5932 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5933 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005934 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5935 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005936
5937 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5938 struct dentry *dir);
5939 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005940
5941 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005942};
5943
5944static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005945 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005946 int index)
5947{
5948 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5949}
5950
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07005951/**
5952 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5953 *
5954 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5955 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5956 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5957 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5958 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5959 * not null.
5960 *
5961 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5962 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5963 *
5964 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5965 * that this may be null.
5966 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5967 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5968 */
5969bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5970 void *priv_sta,
5971 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5972
5973
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005974static inline s8
5975rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5976 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5977{
5978 int i;
5979
5980 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5981 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5982 return i;
5983
5984 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005985 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005986
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005987 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005988 return 0;
5989}
5990
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005991static inline
5992bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5993 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5994{
5995 unsigned int i;
5996
5997 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5998 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5999 return true;
6000 return false;
6001}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006002
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006003/**
6004 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6005 *
6006 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6007 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6008 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6009 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6010 *
6011 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6012 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6013 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6014 */
6015int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6016 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6017 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6018
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006019int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6020void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006021
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006022static inline bool
6023conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6024{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006025 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006026}
6027
6028static inline bool
6029conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6030{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006031 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6032 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006033}
6034
6035static inline bool
6036conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6037{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006038 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6039 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006040}
6041
6042static inline bool
6043conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6044{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006045 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006046}
6047
6048static inline bool
6049conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6050{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006051 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6052 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6053 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006054}
6055
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006056static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6057ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6058{
6059 if (p2p) {
6060 switch (type) {
6061 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6062 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6063 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6064 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6065 default:
6066 break;
6067 }
6068 }
6069 return type;
6070}
6071
6072static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6073ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6074{
6075 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6076}
6077
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006078/**
6079 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6080 *
6081 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6082 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6083 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6084 *
6085 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6086 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6087 * matching GroupId management frame.
6088 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6089 */
6090void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6091 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6092
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006093void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6094 int rssi_min_thold,
6095 int rssi_max_thold);
6096
6097void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006098
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006099/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006100 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006101 *
6102 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6103 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006104 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6105 *
6106 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6107 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006108 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006109int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6110
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006111/**
6112 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6113 * @vif: virtual interface
6114 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6115 * @gfp: allocation flags
6116 *
6117 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6118 */
6119void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6120 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6121 gfp_t gfp);
6122
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006123/**
6124 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6125 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6126 * @vif: virtual interface
6127 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6128 * @band: the band to transmit on
6129 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6130 *
6131 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6132 */
6133bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6134 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6135 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6136
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006137/**
6138 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6139 *
6140 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6141 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6142 *
6143 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6144 *
6145 * private:
6146 *
6147 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6148 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6149 */
6150struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6151 u32 next_tsf;
6152 bool has_next_tsf;
6153
6154 u8 absent;
6155
6156 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6157 struct {
6158 u32 start;
6159 u32 duration;
6160 u32 interval;
6161 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6162};
6163
6164/**
6165 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6166 *
6167 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6168 * @data: NoA tracking data
6169 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6170 *
6171 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6172 */
6173int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6174 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6175
6176/**
6177 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6178 *
6179 * @data: NoA tracking data
6180 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6181 */
6182void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6183
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006184/**
6185 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6186 * @vif: virtual interface
6187 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6188 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6189 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6190 * @gfp: allocation flags
6191 *
6192 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6193 */
6194void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6195 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6196 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006197
6198/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006199 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6200 *
6201 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6202 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6203 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6204 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6205 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6206 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6207 *
6208 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6209 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6210 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6211 *
6212 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6213 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6214 *
6215 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6216 */
6217int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6218
6219/**
6220 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6221 *
6222 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6223 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6224 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6225 *
6226 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6227 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6228 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6229 *
6230 * @sta: the station
6231 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6232 */
6233void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6234
6235/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006236 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6237 *
6238 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006239 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6240 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006241 *
6242 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006243 *
6244 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6245 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6246 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6247 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6248 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6249 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6250 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006251 */
6252struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6253 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006254
6255/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006256 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6257 *
6258 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6259 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6260 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006261 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6262 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6263 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6264 */
6265struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6266
6267/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006268 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006269 *
6270 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6271 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6272 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006273 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6274 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006275 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006276void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006277
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006278/* (deprecated) */
6279static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6280{
6281}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006282
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006283void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6284 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6285
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006286/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006287 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6288 *
6289 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6290 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6291 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006292 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6293 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6294 *
6295 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6296 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006297 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006298static inline void
6299ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6300{
6301 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6302}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006303
6304/**
6305 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6306 *
6307 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6308 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006309 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6310 *
6311 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6312 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006313 */
6314static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006315ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6316 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006317{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006318 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006319}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006320
6321/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006322 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6323 *
6324 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6325 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6326 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6327 * next_txq().
6328 *
6329 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6330 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6331 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6332 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6333 * again.
6334 *
6335 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6336 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6337 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6338 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6339 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6340 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6341 *
6342 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6343 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6344 */
6345bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6346 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6347
6348/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006349 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6350 *
6351 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6352 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6353 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6354 *
6355 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6356 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6357 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6358 */
6359void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6360 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6361 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006362
6363/**
6364 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6365 *
6366 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6367 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6368 *
6369 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6370 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6371 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6372 * @gfp: allocation flags
6373 */
6374void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6375 u8 inst_id,
6376 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6377 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006378
6379/**
6380 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6381 *
6382 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6383 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6384 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6385 *
6386 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6387 * @match: match event information
6388 * @gfp: allocation flags
6389 */
6390void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6391 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6392 gfp_t gfp);
6393
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006394#endif /* MAC80211_H */